blob: 66cbdfd26a9a1f27c9f983dfd849305aa68961b6 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000029//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
30// Standard Promotions and Conversions
31//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
32
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000033/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
34void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
35 QualType Ty = E->getType();
36 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
37
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000038 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
39 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000040 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
41 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
42 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
43 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
44 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
45 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
46 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +000047 //
48 // C++ 4.2p1:
49 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
50 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
51 //
52 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
53 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000054 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
55 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000056}
57
58/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
59/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
60/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
61/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
62/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
63Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
64 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
65 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
66
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000067 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
68 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
69 else
70 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
71
72 return Expr;
73}
74
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +000075/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
76/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
77/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
78void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
79 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
80 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
81
82 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
83 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
84 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
85 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
86
87 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
88}
89
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +000090// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
91// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
92void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT)
93
94{
95 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
96
97 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
98 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
99 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
100 Expr->getType() << CT;
101 }
102}
103
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
106/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
107/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
108/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
109/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
110/// GCC.
111QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
112 bool isCompAssign) {
113 if (!isCompAssign) {
114 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
115 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
116 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000117
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000118 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
119 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000120 QualType lhs =
121 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
122 QualType rhs =
123 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000124
125 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
126 if (lhs == rhs)
127 return lhs;
128
129 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
130 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
131 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
132 return lhs;
133
134 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
135 if (!isCompAssign) {
136 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
137 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
138 }
139 return destType;
140}
141
142QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
143 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
144 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
145 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
146 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
147 // equivalent.
Douglas Gregor3d4492e2008-11-13 20:12:29 +0000148 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) lhs = Context.IntTy;
149 else lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
150 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) rhs = Context.IntTy;
151 else rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000152
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000153 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
154 if (lhs == rhs)
155 return lhs;
156
157 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
158 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
159 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
160 return lhs;
161
162 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
163
164 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
165 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
166 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
167 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
168 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169 return lhs;
170 }
171 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
172 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173 return rhs;
174 }
175 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
176 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
177 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
178 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
179 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
180 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
181 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
182 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
183 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
184 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
185 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
186
187 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
188 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
190 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191 }
192 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
193 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
194 // does not require this promotion.
195 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
196 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197 return rhs;
198 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199 return lhs;
200 }
201 }
202 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
203 }
204 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
205 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
206 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000207 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000208 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000209 return lhs;
210 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000211 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
212 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
213 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
214 }
215 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000216 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000217 return rhs;
218 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000219 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
220 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
221 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
222 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000223 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
224 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
225 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
226
227 if (result > 0) { // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000228 return lhs;
229 }
230 if (result < 0) { // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000231 return rhs;
232 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000233 assert(0 && "Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(): illegal float comparison");
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 }
235 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
236 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
237 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
238 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
239
240 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
241 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
242 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0) {
243 // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000244 return lhs;
245 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return rhs;
247 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
248 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000249 return lhs;
250 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
251 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252 return rhs;
253 }
254 }
255 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
256 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
257 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
258 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
259 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
260 QualType destType;
261 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
262 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
263 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
264 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
265 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
266 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
267 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
268 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
269 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
270 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
271 // use the signed type.
272 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
273 } else {
274 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
275 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
276 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
277 // to the signed type.
278 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
279 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000280 return destType;
281}
282
283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
284// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
285//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
286
287
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000288/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000289/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
290/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
291/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
292/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000293///
294Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000295Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000296 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
297
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000298 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000299 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000300 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000301
302 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
303 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
304 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000305
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000306 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000307 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000308 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000309
310 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
312 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000313
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000314 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
315 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
316 // strings.
317 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
318 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetStringLength()+1),
319 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000320
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000321 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000322 return Owned(new (Context) StringLiteral(Literal.GetString(),
323 Literal.GetStringLength(),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000324 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
325 StringToks[0].getLocation(),
326 StringToks[NumStringToks-1].getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000327}
328
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000329/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
330/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
331/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
332/// for values inside the block or for globals).
333///
334/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
335/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
336/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
337static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
338 ValueDecl *VD) {
339 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
340 // we wanted to.
341 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
342 return false;
343
344 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
345 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
346 return false;
347
348 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
349 // snapshot it.
350 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
351 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
352 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
353
354 return true;
355}
356
357
358
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000359/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000361/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000363/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
365 IdentifierInfo &II,
366 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000367 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
368 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
369 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000370 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000371}
372
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000373/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
374/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
375/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000376DeclRefExpr *
377Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
378 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
379 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000380 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
381 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000382 ValueDependent, SS->getRange().getBegin());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000383 else
384 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000385}
386
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000387/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
388/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
389/// is Record.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000390static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000391 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
392 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
393
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000394 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000395 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
396 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
397 // this even better.
398 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
399 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
400 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
401 D != DEnd; ++D) {
402 if (*D == Record) {
403 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
404 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
405 ++D;
406 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000407 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000408 return *D;
409 }
410 }
411
412 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
413 return 0;
414}
415
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000416Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000417Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
418 FieldDecl *Field,
419 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
420 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
421 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
422 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
423 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
424
425 // Construct the sequence of field member references
426 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
427 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
428 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
429 // the current context to the field we found.
430 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
431 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
432 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
433 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
434 do {
435 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000436 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000437 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
438 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
439 else {
440 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
441 break;
442 }
443 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
444 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
445 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
446
447 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
448 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
449 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
450 // found via name lookup.
451 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
452 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
453 if (BaseObject) {
454 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
455 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
456 delete BaseObjectExpr;
457
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000458 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000459 SourceLocation());
460 ExtraQuals
461 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
462 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
463 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
464 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
465 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
466 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
467 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
468 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
469 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
470 }
471 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
472 } else {
473 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
474 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
475 // program our base object expression is "this".
476 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
477 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
478 QualType AnonFieldType
479 = Context.getTagDeclType(
480 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
481 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
482 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
483 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
484 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
485 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000486 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000487 MD->getThisType(Context));
488 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
489 }
490 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000491 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
492 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000493 }
494 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
495 }
496
497 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000498 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
499 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 }
501
502 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
503 // anonymous struct/union.
504 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
505 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
506 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
507 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
508 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
509 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
510 unsigned combinedQualifiers
511 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
512 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
513 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000514 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
515 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000516 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
517 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
518 OpLoc = SourceLocation();
519 }
520
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000521 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522}
523
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000524/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
525/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
526/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
527/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
528/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
529/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
530/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
531/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
532/// forms.
533///
534/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
535/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
536/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
537/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000538///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000539/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
540/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
541/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
542/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543Sema::OwningExprResult
544Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
545 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000546 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000547 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000548 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000549 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
550 return ExprError();
551 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000552
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000553 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
554 HasTrailingLParen && Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::NotFound) {
555 // We've seen something of the form
556 //
557 // identifier(
558 //
559 // and we did not find any entity by the name
560 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
561 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
562 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
563 Context.OverloadTy,
564 Loc));
565 }
566
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000567 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000568 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
569 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
570 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
571 : SourceRange());
572 return ExprError();
573 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000574 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000575
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000576 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
577 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000578 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
579 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000580 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
581 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
582 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current method (i.e. a global
583 // variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with this
584 // name, if the lookup suceeds, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000585 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000586 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000587 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II)) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000588 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
589 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
590 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000591 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000592 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
593 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000594 true, true);
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +0000595 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000596 return Owned(MRef);
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000597 }
598 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000599 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000600 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000601 QualType T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000602 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000603 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000604 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000605 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000606 if (D == 0) {
607 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
608 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000609 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000610 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000611 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000612 else {
613 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
614 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000615 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000616 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
617 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000618 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
619 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000620 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
621 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000622 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000623 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000624 }
625 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000626
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000627 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
628 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
629 // not any specific instance's member.
630 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000631 DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000632 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000633 QualType DType;
634 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
635 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
636 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
637 DType = Method->getType();
638 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
639 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
640 }
641 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
642 if (!DType.isNull()) {
643 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
644 // dependent.
645 bool Dependent = false;
646 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
647 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
648 if (DC->isRecord()) {
649 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
650 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
651 Dependent = true;
652 break;
653 }
654 }
655 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000656 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000657 }
658 }
659 }
660
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000661 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
662 // (C++ [class.union]).
663 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
664 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
665 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000666
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000667 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
668 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
669 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
670 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
671 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
672 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
673 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
674 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
675 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
676 QualType MemberType;
677 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
678 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
679 MemberType = FD->getType();
680
681 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
682 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
683 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
684 unsigned combinedQualifiers
685 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
686 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
687 }
688 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
689 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
690 Ctx = Method->getParent();
691 MemberType = Method->getType();
692 }
693 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
694 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
695 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
696 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
697 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
698 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
699 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
700 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
701 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
702 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
703 break;
704 }
705 }
706 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707
708 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000709 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
710 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
711 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
712 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
713 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
714 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000715 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000716 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000717 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000718 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000719 }
720 }
721 }
722 }
723
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000724 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000725 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
726 if (MD->isStatic())
727 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000728 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
729 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000730 }
731
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000732 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
733 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
734 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000735 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
736 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000737 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000738
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000739 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000740 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000741 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000742 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000743 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000744 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000745
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000746 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000747 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000748 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
749 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000750
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000751 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000752
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000753 // check if referencing an identifier with __attribute__((deprecated)).
754 if (VD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000755 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << VD->getDeclName());
756
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000757 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
758 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
759 Scope *CheckS = S;
760 while (CheckS) {
761 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
762 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(Var)) {
763 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
765 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000766 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000767 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
768 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000769 break;
770 }
771
772 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
773 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
774 if (CheckS)
775 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
776 }
777 }
778 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000779
780 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
781 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000782 return ExprError();
783
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000784 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
785 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
786 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
787 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000788 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000789 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
790 // as they do not get snapshotted.
791 //
792 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000793 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
794 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000795 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000796 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000797
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000798 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
799 VD->getType().addConst();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000800 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000801 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000802 }
803 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
804 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000805
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000806 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000807 bool ValueDependent = false;
808 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
809 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
810 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
811 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
812 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
813 TypeDependent = true;
814 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
815 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
816 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
817 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
818 TypeDependent = true;
819 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
821 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
822 for (DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
823 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
824 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000825 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000826 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
827 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
828 TypeDependent = true;
829 break;
830 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000831 }
832 }
833 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000834
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000835 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
836 //
837 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
838 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
839 if (TypeDependent)
840 ValueDependent = true;
841 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
842 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
843 ValueDependent = true;
844 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
845 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
846 // (FIXME!).
847 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000848
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000849 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
850 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000851}
852
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
854 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000855 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000856
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000857 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000858 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000859 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
860 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
861 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000862 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000863
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000864 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
865 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000866 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000867 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
868 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000869 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
870 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
871 else {
872 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
873 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
874 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
875 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000876
877
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000878 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000879 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000880 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000881 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000882}
883
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000884Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000885 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
886 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
887 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
888 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000889
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000890 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
891 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
892 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000893 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +0000894
895 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
896
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000897 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
898 Literal.isWide(),
899 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000900}
901
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000902Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
903 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000904 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
905 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +0000906 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +0000907 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000909 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000910 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +0000911
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000912 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +0000913 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
914 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000915 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000916
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000917 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
918 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000919
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000920 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
921 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
922 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000923 return ExprError();
924
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000925 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000926
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000927 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000928 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000929 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000930 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000931 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000932 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000933 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000934 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000935
936 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
937
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +0000938 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
939 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000940 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
941 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000942
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000943 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000944 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000945 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000946 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000947
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000948 // long long is a C99 feature.
949 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +0000950 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000951 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
952
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000953 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000954 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000955
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000956 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
957 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
958 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000959 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
960 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000961 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000962 } else {
963 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
964 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000965
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000966 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
967 // be an unsigned int.
968 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
969
970 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000971 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +0000972 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
973 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000974 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000976 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
977 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
978 // Does it fit in a signed int?
979 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000980 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000981 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000982 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000983 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000984 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000985 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000986
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000987 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000988 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000989 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000990
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000991 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
992 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
993 // Does it fit in a signed long?
994 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000995 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000996 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000997 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000998 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000999 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001000 }
1001
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001002 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001003 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001004 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001005
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001006 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1007 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1008 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1009 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001010 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001011 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001012 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001013 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001014 }
1015 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001017 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1018 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001019 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001020 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001021 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001022 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001023 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001024
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001025 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1026 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001027 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001028 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001029 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001030
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001031 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1032 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001033 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1034 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001035
1036 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001037}
1038
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1040 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1041 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001042 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001043 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001044}
1045
1046/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1047/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001048bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
1049 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1050 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1051 bool isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001052 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001053 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001054 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001055 if (isSizeof)
1056 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1057 return false;
1058 }
1059
1060 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001061 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1062 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001063 return false;
1064 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001065
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001066 return DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1067 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1068 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1069 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001070}
1071
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001072bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1073 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1074 E = E->IgnoreParens();
1075
1076 // alignof decl is always ok.
1077 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1078 return false;
1079
1080 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1081 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1082 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001083 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001084 return true;
1085 }
1086 // Other fields are ok.
1087 return false;
1088 }
1089 }
1090 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1091}
1092
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001093/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1094/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1095/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001096Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001097Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1098 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001099 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001100 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001101
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001102 QualType ArgTy;
1103 SourceRange Range;
1104 if (isType) {
1105 ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1106 Range = ArgRange;
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001107
1108 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1109 if (CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, isSizeof))
1110 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001111 } else {
1112 // Get the end location.
1113 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1114 Range = ArgEx->getSourceRange();
1115 ArgTy = ArgEx->getType();
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001116
1117 // Verify that the operand is valid.
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001118 bool isInvalid;
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001119 if (!isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001120 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, Range);
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001121 } else if (ArgEx->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1122 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1123 isInvalid = true;
1124 } else {
1125 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, true);
1126 }
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001127
1128 if (isInvalid) {
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001129 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1130 return ExprError();
1131 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001132 }
1133
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001134 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001135 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeof, isType, TyOrEx,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001136 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1137 Range.getEnd()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001138}
1139
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00001140QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001141 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1142
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001143 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001144 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1145 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001146
1147 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1148 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1149 return V->getType();
1150
1151 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001152 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001153 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001154}
1155
1156
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001157
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001158Action::OwningExprResult
1159Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1160 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1161 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001162
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001163 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1164 switch (Kind) {
1165 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1166 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1167 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1168 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001169
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1171 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1172 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001173 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001174 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1175
1176 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1177 //
1178 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1179 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1180 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1181 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1182 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1183 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1184 // argument will have value zero.
1185 Expr *Args[2] = {
1186 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001187 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1188 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001189 };
1190
1191 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1192 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001193 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
1194 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001195
1196 // Perform overload resolution.
1197 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1198 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1199 case OR_Success: {
1200 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1201 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1202
1203 if (FnDecl) {
1204 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1205 // operator.
1206
1207 // Convert the arguments.
1208 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1209 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001210 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001211 } else {
1212 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001213 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001214 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1215 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001216 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001217 }
1218
1219 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001220 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001221 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1222 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001223
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001224 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001225 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001226 SourceLocation());
1227 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1228
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001229 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001230 return Owned(new (Context)CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2, ResultTy,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001231 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001232 } else {
1233 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1234 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1235 // operator node.
1236 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1237 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001238 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001239
1240 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001241 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001242 }
1243
1244 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1245 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1246 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1247 break;
1248
1249 case OR_Ambiguous:
1250 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1251 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1252 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1253 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001254 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001255 }
1256
1257 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1258 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1259 // build a built-in operation.
1260 }
1261
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001262 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1263 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001264 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001265 return ExprError();
1266 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001267 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001268}
1269
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001270Action::OwningExprResult
1271Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1272 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1273 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1274 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001275
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001277 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001278 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1279 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1280 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001281 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1282 // to the candidate set.
1283 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1284 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001285 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1286 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)))
1287 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001288
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001289 // Perform overload resolution.
1290 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1291 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1292 case OR_Success: {
1293 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1294 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1295
1296 if (FnDecl) {
1297 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1298 // operator.
1299
1300 // Convert the arguments.
1301 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1302 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1303 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1304 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1305 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001306 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001307 } else {
1308 // Convert the arguments.
1309 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1310 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1311 "passing") ||
1312 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1313 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1314 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001315 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001316 }
1317
1318 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001319 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001320 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1321 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001322
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001323 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001324 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001325 SourceLocation());
1326 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1327
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001328 Base.release();
1329 Idx.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001330 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2,
1331 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001332 } else {
1333 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1334 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1335 // operator node.
1336 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1337 "passing") ||
1338 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1339 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001340 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001341
1342 break;
1343 }
1344 }
1345
1346 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1347 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1348 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1349 break;
1350
1351 case OR_Ambiguous:
1352 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1353 << "[]"
1354 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1355 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001356 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001357 }
1358
1359 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1360 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1361 // build a built-in operation.
1362 }
1363
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001364 // Perform default conversions.
1365 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1366 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001367
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001368 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1369
1370 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001371 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001372 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
1373 // and index from the expression types.
1374 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1375 QualType ResultType;
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001376 if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001377 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1378 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1379 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1380 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001381 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001382 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1383 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1384 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1385 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1386 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001387 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1388 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001389 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001390
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001391 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1392 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1393 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001394 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1395 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1396 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001397 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
1398 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001399 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1400 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001401
1402 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". In practice,
1403 // the following check catches trying to index a pointer to a function (e.g.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00001404 // void (*)(int)) and pointers to incomplete types. Functions are not
1405 // objects in C99.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001406 if (!ResultType->isObjectType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001407 return ExprError(Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001408 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_object)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001409 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001410
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001411 Base.release();
1412 Idx.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001413 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1414 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001415}
1416
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001417QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001418CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001419 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001420 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001421
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001422 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1423 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001424
1425 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
1426 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1427 // to be selected.
1428 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
1429
1430 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1431 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1432 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001433
1434 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1435 // names must come from the same set.
1436 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001437 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1438 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001439 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001440 do
1441 compStr++;
1442 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001443 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001444 do
1445 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001446 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001447 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001448
1449 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001450 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1451 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001452 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1453 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001454 return QualType();
1455 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001456
1457 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1458 // operates on.
1459 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1460 compStr = CompName.getName();
1461
1462 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001463 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001464
1465 while (*compStr) {
1466 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1467 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1468 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1469 return QualType();
1470 }
1471 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001472 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001473
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001474 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1475 // number of elements.
1476 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001477 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001478 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001479 return QualType();
1480 }
1481
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001482 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
1483 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
1484 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001485 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001486 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001487 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1488 : CompName.getLength();
1489 if (HexSwizzle)
1490 CompSize--;
1491
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001492 if (CompSize == 1)
1493 return vecType->getElementType();
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001494
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001495 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001496 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001497 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1498 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1499 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1500 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001501 }
1502 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001503}
1504
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001505/// constructSetterName - Return the setter name for the given
1506/// identifier, i.e. "set" + Name where the initial character of Name
1507/// has been capitalized.
1508// FIXME: Merge with same routine in Parser. But where should this
1509// live?
1510static IdentifierInfo *constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
1511 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1512 llvm::SmallString<100> SelectorName;
1513 SelectorName = "set";
1514 SelectorName.append(Name->getName(), Name->getName()+Name->getLength());
1515 SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
1516 return &Idents.get(&SelectorName[0], &SelectorName[SelectorName.size()]);
1517}
1518
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001519Action::OwningExprResult
1520Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1521 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
1522 IdentifierInfo &Member) {
1523 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001524 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001525
1526 // Perform default conversions.
1527 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001529 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1530 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001531
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001532 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1533 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001534 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001535 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001536 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001537 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001538 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1539 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001540 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001541 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1542 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1543 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001544 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001545
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001546 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1547 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001548 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001549 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001550 if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
1551 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1552 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1553 return ExprError();
1554
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001555 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001556 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1557 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001558 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001559 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001560 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001561
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001562 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001563 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001564 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1565 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1566 else if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1567 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1568 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1569 return ExprError();
1570 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001571 MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001572
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001573 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001574 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1575 // (C++ [class.union]).
1576 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001577 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001578 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001579
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001580 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1581 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001582 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001583 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1584 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1585 else {
1586 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1587 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001588 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001589 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1590 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1591 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001592
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001593 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1594 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001595 } else if (CXXClassVarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<CXXClassVarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001596 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001597 Var, MemberLoc,
1598 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001599 else if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001600 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1601 MemberFn, MemberLoc, MemberFn->getType()));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001603 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001604 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001606 else if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001607 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Enum,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608 MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001609 else if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1611 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001612
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001613 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1614 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1615 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001616 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1617 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1618 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001619 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001621 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1622 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001623 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001624 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001625 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
1626 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001627 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1628 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001629 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001630 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001631 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1632 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1633 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001634 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001635
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001636 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1637 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1638 const PointerType *PTy;
1639 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1640 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1641 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1642 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001643
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001644 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001645 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001646 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1648
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001649 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001650 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1651 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
1652 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001653 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001654 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001655
1656 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1657 // selector is implemented.
1658
1659 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1660 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1661
1662 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1663 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001665 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1666 if (!Getter)
1667 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1668 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1669 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1670 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1671 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1672
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001673 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1674 if (!Getter) {
1675 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1676 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1677 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1678 }
1679 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001680 if (Getter) {
1681 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001682 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1683 IdentifierInfo *SetterName = constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1684 &Member);
1685 Selector SetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getUnarySelector(SetterName);
1686 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1687 if (!Setter) {
1688 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1689 // methods.
1690 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1691 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1692 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1693 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1694 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1695 }
1696 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1697 if (!Setter) {
1698 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1699 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1700 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1701 }
1702 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001703
1704 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001705 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, Getter->getResultType(),
1706 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001707 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001708
1709 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1710 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00001711 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001712 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
1713 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
1714 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
1715 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1716 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001717 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001718 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001719 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001721 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1722 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1723 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001724 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
1725 OMD->getResultType(), OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001726 }
1727 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001728
1729 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1730 << &Member << BaseType);
1731 }
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001732 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
1733 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType() && OpKind == tok::period) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001734 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
1735 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001736 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001737 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
1738 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001739 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001740
1741 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1742 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1743 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001744}
1745
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001746/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
1747/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
1748/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
1749/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
1750/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
1751/// true if the call is ill-formed.
1752bool
1753Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
1754 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
1755 const FunctionTypeProto *Proto,
1756 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1757 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1758 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
1759 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
1760 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
1761 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001762 bool Invalid = false;
1763
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001764 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
1765 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
1766 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
1767 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
1768 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
1769 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
1770 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
1771 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1772 Call->setNumArgs(NumArgsInProto);
1773 }
1774
1775 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
1776 // them.
1777 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
1778 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
1779 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1780 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
1781 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
1782 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1783 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
1784 // This deletes the extra arguments.
1785 Call->setNumArgs(NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001786 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001787 }
1788 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1789 }
1790
1791 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
1792 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
1793 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
1794
1795 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001796 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001797 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001798
1799 // Pass the argument.
1800 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
1801 return true;
1802 } else
1803 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001804 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001805 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001806
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001807 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1808 }
1809
1810 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
1811 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001812 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
1813 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
1814 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
1815 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
1816 CallType = VariadicMethod;
1817
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001818 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
1819 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1820 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001821 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001822 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1823 }
1824 }
1825
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001826 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001827}
1828
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001829/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001830/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
1831/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001832Action::OwningExprResult
1833Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1834 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001835 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001836 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
1837 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
1838 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001839 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001840 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001841 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001842
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001843 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001844 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
1845 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
1846 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
1847 bool Dependent = false;
1848 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
1849 Dependent = true;
1850 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
1851 Dependent = true;
1852
1853 if (Dependent)
1854 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Fn, Args, NumArgs,
1855 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
1856
1857 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
1858 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
1859 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1860 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
1861
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001862 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001863 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
1864 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
1865 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001866 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1867 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001868 }
1869
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001870 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00001871 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001872 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
1873 bool ADL = true;
1874 while (true) {
1875 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
1876 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
1877 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001878 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
1879 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001880 ADL = false;
1881 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
1882 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
1883 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
1884 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
1885 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
1886 } else {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001887 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
1888 DRExpr = cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr);
1889
1890 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
1891 ADL = ADL && !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
1892 }
1893 else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
1894 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr))
1895 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
1896 else {
1897 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
1898 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
1899 ADL = false;
1900 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001901 break;
1902 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001903 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001904
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001905 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
1906 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001907 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001908 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
1909 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001910
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001911 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || Ovl || UnqualifiedName)) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001912 // We don't perform ADL for builtins.
1913 if (FDecl && FDecl->getIdentifier() &&
1914 FDecl->getIdentifier()->getBuiltinID())
1915 ADL = false;
1916
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001917 if (Ovl || ADL) {
1918 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
1919 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001920 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
1921 if (!FDecl)
1922 return ExprError();
1923
1924 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
1925 Expr *NewFn = 0;
1926 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001927 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001928 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1929 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
1930 false, false,
1931 QDRExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1932 else
1933 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1934 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1935 Fn->Destroy(Context);
1936 Fn = NewFn;
1937 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001938 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001939
1940 // Promote the function operand.
1941 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
1942
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001943 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
1944 // of arguments and function on error.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001945 // FIXME: Except that llvm::OwningPtr uses delete, when it really must be
1946 // Destroy(), or nothing gets cleaned up.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001947 llvm::OwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(new (Context) CallExpr(Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001948 Context.BoolTy, RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001949
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001950 const FunctionType *FuncT;
1951 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
1952 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
1953 // have type pointer to function".
1954 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
1955 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001956 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1957 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001958 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
1959 } else { // This is a block call.
1960 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
1961 getAsFunctionType();
1962 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001963 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001964 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1965 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
1966
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001967 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00001968 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001969
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001970 if (const FunctionTypeProto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(FuncT)) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001971 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
1972 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001973 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001974 } else {
1975 assert(isa<FunctionTypeNoProto>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001976
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001977 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001978 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1979 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
1980 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
1981 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001982 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001983 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001984
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001985 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
1986 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001987 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
1988 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001989
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001990 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001991 if (FDecl)
1992 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001993
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001994 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001995}
1996
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00001997Action::OwningExprResult
1998Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
1999 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002000 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002001 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2002 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002003 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002004 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002005
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002006 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002007 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002008 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2009 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002010 } else if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2011 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2012 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002013 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002014
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002015 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002016 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002017 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002018
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002019 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002020 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002021 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002022 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002023 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002024 InitExpr.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002025 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
2026 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002027}
2028
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002029Action::OwningExprResult
2030Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
2031 InitListDesignations &Designators,
2032 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2033 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2034 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002035
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002036 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Steve Naroff1c9de712007-09-03 01:24:23 +00002037 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002038
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002039 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002040 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002041 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002042 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002043}
2044
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002045/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002046bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002047 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2048
2049 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2050 // type needs to be scalar.
2051 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2052 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002053 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2054 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002055 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002056 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2057 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2058 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2059 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
2060 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2061 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2062 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2063 // GCC cast to union extension
2064 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2065 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2066 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2067 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2068 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2069 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2070 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2071 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 }
2075 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2076 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2077 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2078 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002079 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002080 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002081 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002082 }
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002083 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
2084 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002085 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2086 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002087 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002088 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2089 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2090 return true;
2091 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2092 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2093 return true;
2094 }
2095 return false;
2096}
2097
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002098bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002099 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
2100
2101 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002102 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002103 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2104 Ty->isVectorType() ?
2105 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002106 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002107 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002108 } else
2109 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002110 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002111 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002112
2113 return false;
2114}
2115
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002116Action::OwningExprResult
2117Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2118 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2119 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2120 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002121
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002122 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002123 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2124
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002125 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002126 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002127 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002128 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002129}
2130
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002131/// Note that lex is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2132/// In that case, lex = cond.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002133inline QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
2134 Expr *&cond, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation questionLoc) {
2135 UsualUnaryConversions(cond);
2136 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2137 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2138 QualType condT = cond->getType();
2139 QualType lexT = lex->getType();
2140 QualType rexT = rex->getType();
2141
2142 // first, check the condition.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002143 if (!cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2144 if (!condT->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2145 Diag(cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) << condT;
2146 return QualType();
2147 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002148 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002149
2150 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002151 if ((lex && lex->isTypeDependent()) || (rex && rex->isTypeDependent()))
2152 return Context.DependentTy;
2153
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002154 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2155 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
2156 if (lexT->isArithmeticType() && rexT->isArithmeticType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002157 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2158 return lex->getType();
2159 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002160
2161 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2162 // type.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002163 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = lexT->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002164 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = rexT->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002165 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002166 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
2167 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
2168 return lexT.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002169 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002170
2171 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002172 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
2173 if (lexT->isVoidType() || rexT->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002174 if (!lexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002175 Diag(rex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2176 << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002177 if (!rexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002178 Diag(lex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2179 << lex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002180 ImpCastExprToType(lex, Context.VoidTy);
2181 ImpCastExprToType(rex, Context.VoidTy);
2182 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002183 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002184 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2185 // the type of the other operand."
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002186 if ((lexT->isPointerType() || lexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2187 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002188 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002189 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002190 return lexT;
2191 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002192 if ((rexT->isPointerType() || rexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2193 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002194 lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002195 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002196 return rexT;
2197 }
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002198 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2199 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002200 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = lexT->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2201 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rexT->getAsPointerType()) {
2202 // get the "pointed to" types
2203 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2204 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002205
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002206 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2207 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002208 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002209 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2210 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002211 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2212 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2213 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2214 return destType;
2215 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002216 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002217 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002218 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2219 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2220 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2221 return destType;
2222 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002223
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002224 QualType compositeType = lexT;
2225
2226 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2227 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2228 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT) ||
2229 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) {
2230 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2231 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2232 // type. This allows
2233 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2234 // where B is a subclass of A.
2235 //
2236 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2237 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2238 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2239 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2240
2241 // FIXME: This code should not be localized to here. Also this
2242 // should use a compatible check instead of abusing the
2243 // canAssignObjCInterfaces code.
2244 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2245 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2246 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2247 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2248 compositeType = lexT;
2249 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002250 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002251 compositeType = rexT;
2252 } else if (Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee) ||
2253 Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee)) {
2254 // FIXME: This code looks wrong, because isObjCIdType checks
2255 // the struct but getObjCIdType returns the pointer to
2256 // struct. This is horrible and should be fixed.
2257 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2258 } else {
2259 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
2260 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2261 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2262 return incompatTy;
2263 }
2264 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2265 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002266 Diag(questionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002267 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002268 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2269 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2270 // to get a consistent AST.
2271 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002272 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2273 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2274 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002275 }
2276 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002277 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2278 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2279 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2280 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002281 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002282 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002283 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2284 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2285 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002286 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002287 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002288 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2289 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
2290 // id with statically typed objects).
2291 if (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2292 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2293 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2294 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
2295 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lexT, rexT, true) ||
2296 (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2297 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) ||
2298 (rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2299 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT))) {
2300 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2301 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2302 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2303 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2304 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2305 // cases. Investigate.
2306 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2307 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2308 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2309 return compositeType;
2310 }
2311 }
2312
Steve Naroff3eac7692008-09-10 19:17:48 +00002313 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2314 if (lexT->isBlockPointerType() && rexT->isBlockPointerType() &&
2315 Context.getCanonicalType(lexT) == Context.getCanonicalType(rexT))
2316 return lexT;
2317
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002318 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002319 Diag(questionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002320 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002321 return QualType();
2322}
2323
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002324/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002325/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002326Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2327 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2328 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2329 ExprArg RHS) {
2330 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2331 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002332
2333 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2334 // was the condition.
2335 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2336 if (isLHSNull)
2337 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002338
2339 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002340 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2341 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002342 return ExprError();
2343
2344 Cond.release();
2345 LHS.release();
2346 RHS.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002347 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
2348 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2349 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002350}
2351
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002352
2353// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
2354// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
2355// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2356// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2357// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002358Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002359Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2360 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2361
2362 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002363 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2364 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002365
2366 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002367 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2368 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002369
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002370 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002371
2372 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2373 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2374 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002375 // FIXME: Handle ASQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002376 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002377 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002378
2379 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2380 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
2381 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002382 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002383 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002384 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002385
2386 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002387 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2388 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002389 }
2390
2391 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002392 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002393 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002394
2395 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002396 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2397 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002398 }
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002399
2400 // Check for ObjC interfaces
2401 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2402 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2403 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2404 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
2405 return ConvTy;
2406
2407 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2408 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee))
2409 return ConvTy;
2410 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee))
2411 return ConvTy;
2412
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002413 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
2414 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002415 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2416 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2417 return IncompatiblePointer; // this "trumps" PointerAssignDiscardsQualifiers
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002418 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002419}
2420
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002421/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2422/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2423/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2424// types.
2425Sema::AssignConvertType
2426Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
2427 QualType rhsType) {
2428 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2429
2430 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2431 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2432 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2433
2434 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2435 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2436 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
2437
2438 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
2439
2440 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2441 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2442 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
2443
2444 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
2445 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
2446 return ConvTy;
2447}
2448
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002449/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2450/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
2451/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2452///
2453/// int a, *pint;
2454/// short *pshort;
2455/// struct foo *pfoo;
2456///
2457/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2458/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2459/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2460/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2461///
2462/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
2463/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002464///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002465Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002466Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002467 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2468 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002469 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2470 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002471
2472 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002473 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002474
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002475 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2476 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2477 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2478 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2479 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2480 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2481 // type.
2482 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2483 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002484 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002485 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002486 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002487
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002488 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2489 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002490 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002491 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2492 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2493 return IntToPointer;
2494 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2495 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002496 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002497 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002498
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002499 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002500 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002501 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2502 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002503 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002504
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002505 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
2506 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
2507 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002508 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2509 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002510 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002511 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002512 }
2513 return Incompatible;
2514 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002515
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002516 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002517 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002518
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002519 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002520 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002521 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002522
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002523 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002524 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002525
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002526 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002527 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002528 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002529
2530 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2531 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2532 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2533 return Compatible;
2534 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002535 return Incompatible;
2536 }
2537
2538 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2539 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2540 return IntToPointer;
2541
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002542 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2543 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2544 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2545 return Compatible;
2546
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002547 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2548 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
2549
2550 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2551 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002552 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002553 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002554 return Incompatible;
2555 }
2556
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002557 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002558 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002559 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2560 return Compatible;
2561
2562 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002563 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002564
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002565 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002566 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002567
2568 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
2569 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002570 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002571 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002572 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002573
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002574 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002575 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002576 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002577 }
2578 return Incompatible;
2579}
2580
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002581Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002582Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002583 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2584 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
2585 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
2586 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
2587 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002588 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
2589 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002590 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002591 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002592 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002593 }
2594
2595 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
2596 // structures.
2597 }
2598
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002599 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
2600 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002601 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
2602 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00002603 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002604 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002605 return Compatible;
2606 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002607
2608 // We don't allow conversion of non-null-pointer constants to integers.
2609 if (lhsType->isBlockPointerType() && rExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
2610 return IntToBlockPointer;
2611
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002612 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002613 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002614 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002615 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002616 //
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002617 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002618 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
2619 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002620
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002621 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
2622 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002623
2624 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
2625 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002626 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
2627 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
2628 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
2629 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002630 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002631 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002632 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002633}
2634
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002635Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002636Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2637 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
2638}
2639
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002640QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00002642 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002643 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002644 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002645}
2646
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002647inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002648 Expr *&rex) {
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002649 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
2650 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002651 QualType lhsType =
2652 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
2653 QualType rhsType =
2654 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002655
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002656 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002657 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002658 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002659
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002660 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
2661 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002662 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
2663 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
2664 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002665 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
2666 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002667 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002668 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002669 }
2670 }
2671 }
2672
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002673 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
2674 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002675 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002676 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2677
2678 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2679 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
2680 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002681 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002682 return lhsType;
2683 }
2684 }
2685
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002686 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002687 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002688 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002689 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2690
2691 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2692 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
2693 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002694 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002695 return rhsType;
2696 }
2697 }
2698
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002699 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002700 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002701 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002702 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002703 return QualType();
2704}
2705
2706inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002707 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002708{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00002709 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002710 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002711
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002712 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002713
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002714 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002715 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002716 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002717}
2718
2719inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002720 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002721{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00002722 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2723 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2724 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2725 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2726 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002727
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002728 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002729
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002730 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002731 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002732 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002733}
2734
2735inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002736 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002737{
2738 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002739 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002740
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002741 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002742
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002743 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
2744 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002745 return compType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002746
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002747 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
2748 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
2749 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
2750 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
2751
2752 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
2753 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
2754 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
2755 if (!PTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
2756 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002757 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2758 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
2759 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
2760 return QualType();
2761 }
2762
2763 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002764 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2765 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002766 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002767 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2768 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2769 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2770 return QualType();
2771 }
2772
2773 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2774 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002775 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002776 } else {
2777 DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
2778 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
2779 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
2780 lex->getType());
2781 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002782 }
2783 }
2784 return PExp->getType();
2785 }
2786 }
2787
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002788 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002789}
2790
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002791// C99 6.5.6
2792QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002793 SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002794 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002795 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002796
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002797 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002798
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002799 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
2800
2801 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002802 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002803 return compType;
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002804
2805 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
2806 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002807 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002808
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002809 // The LHS must be an object type, not incomplete, function, etc.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002810 if (!lpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002811 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002812 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002813 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2814 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002815 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2816 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2817 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2818 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2819 return QualType();
2820 }
2821
2822 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2823 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2824 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002825 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002826 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002827 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002828 return QualType();
2829 }
2830 }
2831
2832 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
2833 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2834 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002835
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002836 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
2837 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002838 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
2839
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002840 // RHS must be an object type, unless void (GNU).
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002841 if (!rpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002842 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002843 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
2844 if (!lpointee->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002845 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2846 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf93eda12009-01-23 19:03:35 +00002847 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2848 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2849 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2850 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
2851 return QualType();
2852 }
2853
2854 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2855 if (!lpointee->isFunctionType())
2856 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2857 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002858 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002860 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002861 return QualType();
2862 }
2863 }
2864
2865 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00002866 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
2867 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
2868 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002869 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002870 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002871 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002872 return QualType();
2873 }
2874
2875 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
2876 }
2877 }
2878
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002879 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002880}
2881
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002882// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002883QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002884 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002885 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
2886 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002887 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002888
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002889 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
2890 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00002891 if (!isCompAssign)
2892 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002893 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2894
2895 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
2896 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002897}
2898
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002899static bool areComparableObjCInterfaces(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
2900 ASTContext& Context) {
2901 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2902 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2903 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2904 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(RHS))
2905 return true;
2906 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(LHS))
2907 return true;
2908 if (!LHSIface || !RHSIface)
2909 return false;
2910 return Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface) ||
2911 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface);
2912}
2913
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002914// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002915QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002916 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002917 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002918 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002919
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002920 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00002921 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2922 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2923 else {
2924 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2925 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2926 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002927 QualType lType = lex->getType();
2928 QualType rType = rex->getType();
2929
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002930 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
2931 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
2932 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002933 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Ted Kremenek87e30c52008-01-17 16:57:34 +00002934 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
2935 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002936 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002937 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002938 }
2939
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002940 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
2941 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
2942
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002943 if (isRelational) {
2944 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002945 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002946 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002947 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002948 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
2949 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002950 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00002951 }
2952
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002953 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002954 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002955 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002956
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00002957 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2958 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2959
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002960 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
2961 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
2962 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00002963 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002964 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002965 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002966 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002967 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002968
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00002969 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002970 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
2971 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002972 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2973 !areComparableObjCInterfaces(LCanPointeeTy, RCanPointeeTy, Context)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002974 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002975 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002976 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002977 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002978 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00002979 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002980 // Handle block pointer types.
2981 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2982 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2983 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2984
2985 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
2986 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002988 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002989 }
2990 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002991 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002992 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002993 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
2994 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
2995 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
2996 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002998 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002999 }
3000 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003001 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003002 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003003
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003004 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003005 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003006 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3007 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
3008 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
3009 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3010 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
3011 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3012
3013 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3014 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003015 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003016 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003017 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003018 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003019 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003020 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003021 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003022 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003023 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3024 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003025 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003026 } else {
3027 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003028 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003029 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003030 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003031 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003032 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003033 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003034 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003035 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
3036 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003037 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003038 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003039 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003040 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003041 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003042 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003043 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
3044 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003045 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003046 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003047 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003048 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003049 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003050 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003051 // Handle block pointers.
3052 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3053 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003054 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003055 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003056 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003057 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003058 }
3059 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3060 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003061 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003062 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003063 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003064 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003065 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003066 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003067}
3068
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003069/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
3070/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
3071/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3072/// types.
3073QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003074 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003075 bool isRelational) {
3076 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3077 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003078 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003079 if (vType.isNull())
3080 return vType;
3081
3082 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3083 QualType rType = rex->getType();
3084
3085 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3086 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3087 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3088 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3089 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3090 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3091 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003092 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003093 }
3094
3095 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3096 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3097 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003098 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003099 }
3100
3101 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3102 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3103 // elements for floating point vectors.
3104 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3105 return lType;
3106
3107 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003108 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003109 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003110 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003111 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
3112 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3113
3114 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
3115 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003116 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3117}
3118
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003119inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003120 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003121{
3122 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003123 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003124
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003125 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003126
3127 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003128 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003129 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003130}
3131
3132inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003133 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003134{
3135 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3136 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3137
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003138 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003139 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003140 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003141}
3142
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003143/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3144/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3145/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3146///
3147static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
3148{
3149 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3150 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3151 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3152 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3153 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
3154 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
3155 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3156 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3157 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3158 return true;
3159 }
3160 }
3161 return false;
3162}
3163
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003164/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3165/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3166static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003167 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3168 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3169 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003170 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3171 return false;
3172
3173 unsigned Diag = 0;
3174 bool NeedType = false;
3175 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3176 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3177 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003178 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003179 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3180 NeedType = true;
3181 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003182 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003183 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3184 NeedType = true;
3185 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003186 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003187 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3188 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003189 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003190 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3191 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003192 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3193 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003194 return S.DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
3195 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3196 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003197 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003198 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3199 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003200 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003201 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3202 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003203 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3204 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3205 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003206 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3207 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3208 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003209 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003210
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003211 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003212 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003213 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003214 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003215 return true;
3216}
3217
3218
3219
3220// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003221QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3222 SourceLocation Loc,
3223 QualType CompoundType) {
3224 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3225 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003226 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003227
3228 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3229 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003230
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003231 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003232 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003233 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003234 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003235 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3236 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3237 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3238 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3239 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3240 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3241 ConvTy = Compatible;
3242
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003243 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3244 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3245 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003246 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003247 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3248 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3249 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3250 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3251 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003252 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003253 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003254 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc())
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003255 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3256 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3257 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003258 }
3259 } else {
3260 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003261 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003262 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003263
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003264 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3265 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003266 return QualType();
3267
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003268 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3269 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
3270 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
3271 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3272 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003273 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3274 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003275 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003276}
3277
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003278// C99 6.5.17
3279QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
3280 // FIXME: what is required for LHS?
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003281
3282 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003283 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
3284 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003285}
3286
3287/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3288/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003289QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3290 bool isInc) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003291 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3292 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003293
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003294 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3295 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3296 if (!isInc) {
3297 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3298 return QualType();
3299 }
3300 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3301 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3302 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003303 // OK!
3304 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3305 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
3306 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
3307 // Pointer to object is ok!
3308 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003309 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3310 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3311 << Op->getSourceRange();
3312 return QualType();
3313 }
3314
3315 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003316 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003317 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003318 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3319 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3320 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3321 return QualType();
3322 }
3323
3324 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003325 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003326 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003327 } else {
3328 DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3329 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3330 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3331 ResType);
3332 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003333 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003334 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3335 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3336 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003337 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003338 } else {
3339 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003340 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003341 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003342 }
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003343 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
3344 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003345 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003346 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003347 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003348}
3349
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003350/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003351/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003352/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3353/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3354/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3355/// - &(x) => x
3356/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3357/// - &s.xx => s
3358/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3359/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3360/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3361/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003362static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003363 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003364 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003365 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003366 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003367 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003368 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3369 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003370 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003371 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003372 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003373 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003374 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003375
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003376 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003377 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003378 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003379 return 0;
3380 else
3381 return VD;
3382 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003383 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3384 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
3385
3386 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3387 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3388 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003389 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3390 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3391 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3392 return 0;
3393 return VD;
3394 }
3395 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003396 }
3397 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3398 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3399 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3400 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3401 default:
3402 return 0;
3403 }
3404 }
3405 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3406 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3407
3408 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3409 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3410
3411 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3412 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3413 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3414 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3415 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3416 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3417 }
3418 }
3419
3420 return 0;
3421 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003422 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003423 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003424 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3425 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003426 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003427 default:
3428 return 0;
3429 }
3430}
3431
3432/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
3433/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
3434/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
3435/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
3436/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003437/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
3438/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003439QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003440 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3441 return Context.DependentTy;
3442
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003443 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3444 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3445 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3446 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3447 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3448 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3449 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3450 }
3451 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3452 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3453 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003454 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003455 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003456
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003457 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003458 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3459 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003460 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3461 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003462 return QualType();
3463 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003464 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003465 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3466 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3467 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3468 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3469 return QualType();
3470 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003471 }
3472 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
3473 } else if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3474 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3476 << "vector" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003477 return QualType();
3478 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003479 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
3480 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3481 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3482 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003483 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3484 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003485 return QualType();
3486 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003487 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003488 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003489 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3490 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003491 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
3492 // scope qualifier for the class.
3493 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3494 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3495 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3496 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3497 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3498 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003499 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3500 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003501 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003502 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003503 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003504 }
Chris Lattnera55e3212008-07-27 00:48:22 +00003505
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003506 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
3507 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
3508}
3509
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003510QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
3511 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
3512 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003513
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003514 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
3515 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
3516 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
3517 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
3518 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003519 return PT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003520
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003521 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003522 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003523 return QualType();
3524}
3525
3526static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
3527 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3528 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3529 switch (Kind) {
3530 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
3531 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
3532 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
3533 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
3534 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
3535 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
3536 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
3537 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
3538 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
3539 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
3540 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
3541 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
3542 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
3543 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
3544 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
3545 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
3546 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
3547 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
3548 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
3549 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
3550 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
3551 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
3552 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
3553 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
3554 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
3555 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
3556 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
3557 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
3558 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
3559 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
3560 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
3561 }
3562 return Opc;
3563}
3564
3565static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
3566 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3567 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3568 switch (Kind) {
3569 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
3570 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
3571 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
3572 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
3573 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
3574 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
3575 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
3576 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
3577 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003578 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
3579 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
3580 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
3581 }
3582 return Opc;
3583}
3584
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003585/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
3586/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
3587/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003588Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3589 unsigned Op,
3590 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003591 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
3592 QualType CompTy; // Computation type for compound assignments (e.g. '+=')
3593 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
3594
3595 switch (Opc) {
3596 default:
3597 assert(0 && "Unknown binary expr!");
3598 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
3599 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
3600 break;
3601 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
3602 case BinaryOperator::Div:
3603 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3604 break;
3605 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
3606 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3607 break;
3608 case BinaryOperator::Add:
3609 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3610 break;
3611 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
3612 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3613 break;
3614 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
3615 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
3616 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3617 break;
3618 case BinaryOperator::LE:
3619 case BinaryOperator::LT:
3620 case BinaryOperator::GE:
3621 case BinaryOperator::GT:
3622 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3623 break;
3624 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
3625 case BinaryOperator::NE:
3626 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
3627 break;
3628 case BinaryOperator::And:
3629 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
3630 case BinaryOperator::Or:
3631 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3632 break;
3633 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
3634 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
3635 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3636 break;
3637 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
3638 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
3639 CompTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3640 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3641 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3642 break;
3643 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
3644 CompTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3645 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3646 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3647 break;
3648 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
3649 CompTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3650 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3651 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3652 break;
3653 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
3654 CompTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3655 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3656 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3657 break;
3658 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
3659 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
3660 CompTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3661 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3662 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3663 break;
3664 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
3665 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
3666 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
3667 CompTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3668 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3669 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3670 break;
3671 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
3672 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3673 break;
3674 }
3675 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003676 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003677 if (CompTy.isNull())
3678 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
3679 else
3680 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Steve Naroff8b9a98d2009-01-20 21:06:31 +00003681 CompTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003682}
3683
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003684// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003685Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3686 tok::TokenKind Kind,
3687 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003688 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003689 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003690
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003691 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
3692 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003693
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003694 // If either expression is type-dependent, just build the AST.
3695 // FIXME: We'll need to perform some caching of the result of name
3696 // lookup for operator+.
3697 if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003698 if (Opc > BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
3699 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003700 Context.DependentTy,
3701 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003702 else
3703 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, Context.DependentTy,
3704 TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003705 }
3706
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003707 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3708 (lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3709 rhs->getType()->isRecordType() || rhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003710 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
3711 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
3712 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
3713 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
3714 !(lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3715 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
3716 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003717
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003718 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3719 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3720 OO_Star, OO_Slash, OO_Percent,
3721 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3722 OO_LessLess, OO_GreaterGreater,
3723 OO_Less, OO_Greater, OO_LessEqual, OO_GreaterEqual,
3724 OO_EqualEqual, OO_ExclaimEqual,
3725 OO_Amp,
3726 OO_Caret,
3727 OO_Pipe,
3728 OO_AmpAmp,
3729 OO_PipePipe,
3730 OO_Equal, OO_StarEqual,
3731 OO_SlashEqual, OO_PercentEqual,
3732 OO_PlusEqual, OO_MinusEqual,
3733 OO_LessLessEqual, OO_GreaterGreaterEqual,
3734 OO_AmpEqual, OO_CaretEqual,
3735 OO_PipeEqual,
3736 OO_Comma
3737 };
3738 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3739
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003740 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3741 // to the candidate set.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003742 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003743 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003744 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, TokLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
3745 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003746
3747 // Perform overload resolution.
3748 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3749 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3750 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003751 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003752 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3753
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003754 if (FnDecl) {
3755 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3756 // operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003757
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003758 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003759 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3760 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(lhs, Method) ||
3761 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3762 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003763 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003764 } else {
3765 // Convert the arguments.
3766 if (PerformCopyInitialization(lhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3767 "passing") ||
3768 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
3769 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003770 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003771 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003772
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003773 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003774 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003775 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3776 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003777
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003778 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003779 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3780 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor65fedaf2008-11-14 16:09:21 +00003781 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3782
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003783 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, Args, 2,
3784 ResultTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003785 } else {
3786 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3787 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3788 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003789 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3790 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
3791 PerformImplicitConversion(rhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3792 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003793 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003794
3795 break;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003796 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003797 }
3798
3799 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3800 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003801 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003802 break;
3803
3804 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003805 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3806 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3807 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003808 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003809 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003810 }
3811
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003812 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3813 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
3814 // build a built-in operation.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003815 }
3816
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003817 // Build a built-in binary operation.
3818 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003819}
3820
3821// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003822Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3823 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
3824 // FIXME: Input is modified later, but smart pointer not reassigned.
3825 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003826 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003827
3828 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3829 (Input->getType()->isRecordType()
3830 || Input->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3831 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3832 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3833 OO_None, OO_None,
3834 OO_PlusPlus, OO_MinusMinus,
3835 OO_Amp, OO_Star,
3836 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3837 OO_Tilde, OO_Exclaim,
3838 OO_None, OO_None,
3839 OO_None,
3840 OO_None
3841 };
3842 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3843
3844 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3845 // to the candidate set.
3846 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003847 if (OverOp != OO_None &&
3848 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, &Input, 1, CandidateSet))
3849 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003850
3851 // Perform overload resolution.
3852 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3853 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3854 case OR_Success: {
3855 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
3856 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3857
3858 if (FnDecl) {
3859 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3860 // operator.
3861
3862 // Convert the arguments.
3863 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3864 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003865 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003866 } else {
3867 // Convert the arguments.
3868 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
3869 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3870 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003871 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003872 }
3873
3874 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003875 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003876 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3877 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003878
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003879 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003880 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3881 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003882 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3883
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003884 input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003885 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(FnExpr, &Input, 1,
3886 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003887 } else {
3888 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3889 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3890 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003891 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3892 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003893 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003894
3895 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003896 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003897 }
3898
3899 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3900 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
3901 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
3902 break;
3903
3904 case OR_Ambiguous:
3905 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3906 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3907 << Input->getSourceRange();
3908 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003909 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003910 }
3911
3912 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3913 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003914 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003915 }
3916
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003917 QualType resultType;
3918 switch (Opc) {
3919 default:
3920 assert(0 && "Unimplemented unary expr!");
3921 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
3922 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003923 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
3924 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003925 break;
3926 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
3927 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3928 break;
3929 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00003930 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003931 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3932 break;
3933 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
3934 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
3935 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3936 resultType = Input->getType();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003937 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
3938 break;
3939 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
3940 resultType->isEnumeralType())
3941 break;
3942 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
3943 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
3944 resultType->isPointerType())
3945 break;
3946
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003947 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3948 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003949 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
3950 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3951 resultType = Input->getType();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003952 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
3953 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
3954 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003955 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003956 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003957 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003958 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3959 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003960 break;
3961 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
3962 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
3963 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
3964 resultType = Input->getType();
3965 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003966 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3967 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003968 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003969 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
3970 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003971 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003972 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003973 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00003974 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003975 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003976 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003977 resultType = Input->getType();
3978 break;
3979 }
3980 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003981 return ExprError();
3982 input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003983 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003984}
3985
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00003986/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3987Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003988 SourceLocation LabLoc,
3989 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
3990 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
3991 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = LabelMap[LabelII];
3992
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00003993 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
3994 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003995 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003996 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003997
3998 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003999 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4000 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004001}
4002
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004003Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtTy *substmt,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004004 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4005 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt);
4006 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4007 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4008
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004009 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4010 if (isFileScope) {
4011 return Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope);
4012 }
4013
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004014 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4015 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4016 // More semantic analysis is needed.
4017
4018 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4019 // should not warn about it being unused.
4020
4021 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4022 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4023 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
4024
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004025 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4026 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4027 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4028 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4029 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
4030
4031 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004032 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004033 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004034
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004035 return new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004036}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004037
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004038Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4039 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004040 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4041 TypeTy *argty,
4042 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4043 unsigned NumComponents,
4044 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4045 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4046 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
4047
4048 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4049 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4050 // a struct/union/class.
4051 if (!ArgTy->isRecordType())
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004052 return Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004053
4054 // Otherwise, create a compound literal expression as the base, and
4055 // iteratively process the offsetof designators.
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004056 InitListExpr *IList =
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00004057 new (Context) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004058 IList->setType(ArgTy);
4059 Expr *Res =
4060 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), ArgTy, IList, false);
4061
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004062 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4063 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
4064 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004065 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4066 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004067
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004068 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4069 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4070 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4071 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004072 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004073 if (!AT) {
4074 delete Res;
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004075 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004076 }
4077
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004078 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4079
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004080 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4081 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
4082 if (!Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004083 return Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4084 << Idx->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004085
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004086 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4087 OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004088 continue;
4089 }
4090
4091 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4092 if (!RC) {
4093 delete Res;
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004094 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004095 }
4096
4097 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4098 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004099 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00004100 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4101 LookupMemberName)
4102 .getAsDecl());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004103 if (!MemberDecl)
Chris Lattner65cae292008-11-19 08:23:25 +00004104 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4105 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004106
4107 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4108 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00004109 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4110 // matter here.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004111 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4112 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004113 }
4114
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004115 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4116 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004117}
4118
4119
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004120Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004121 TypeTy *arg1, TypeTy *arg2,
4122 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4123 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4124 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
4125
4126 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4127
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004128 return new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, argT1,
4129 argT2, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004130}
4131
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004132Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, ExprTy *cond,
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004133 ExprTy *expr1, ExprTy *expr2,
4134 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4135 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond);
4136 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1);
4137 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2);
4138
4139 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4140
4141 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4142 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4143 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4144 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004145 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4146 << CondExpr->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004147
4148 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4149 QualType resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() :
4150 RHSExpr->getType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004151 return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4152 resType, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004153}
4154
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004155//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4156// Clang Extensions.
4157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4158
4159/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004160void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004161 // Analyze block parameters.
4162 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
4163
4164 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4165 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4166 CurBlock = BSI;
4167
4168 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4169 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
4170
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004171 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004172 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004173}
4174
4175void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004176 // Analyze arguments to block.
4177 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4178 "Not a function declarator!");
4179 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
4180
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004181 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4182 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004183
4184 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4185 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4186 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4187 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4188 (!((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType().getCVRQualifiers() &&
4189 ((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType())) {
4190 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004191 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004192 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4193 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004194 CurBlock->Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4195 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004196 }
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004197 CurBlock->TheDecl->setArgs(&CurBlock->Params[0], CurBlock->Params.size());
4198
4199 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4200 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4201 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4202 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4203 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004204}
4205
4206/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4207/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4208void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4209 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4210 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
4211
4212 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4213 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4214
4215 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
4216
4217}
4218
4219/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4220/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4221Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, StmtTy *body,
4222 Scope *CurScope) {
4223 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4224 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
4225 llvm::OwningPtr<CompoundStmt> Body(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body));
4226
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004227 PopDeclContext();
4228
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004229 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4230 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4231
4232 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4233 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4234 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
4235
4236 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4238 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
4239
4240 QualType BlockTy;
4241 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
4242 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionTypeNoProto(RetTy);
4243 else
4244 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004245 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004246
4247 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Steve Naroff9ac456d2008-10-08 17:01:13 +00004248
Steve Naroff95029d92008-10-08 18:44:00 +00004249 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(Body.take());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004250 return new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004251}
4252
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004253/// ExprsMatchFnType - return true if the Exprs in array Args have
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004254/// QualTypes that match the QualTypes of the arguments of the FnType.
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004255/// The number of arguments has already been validated to match the number of
4256/// arguments in FnType.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004257static bool ExprsMatchFnType(Expr **Args, const FunctionTypeProto *FnType,
4258 ASTContext &Context) {
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004259 unsigned NumParams = FnType->getNumArgs();
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004260 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004261 QualType ExprTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Args[i]->getType());
4262 QualType ParmTy = Context.getCanonicalType(FnType->getArgType(i));
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004263
4264 if (ExprTy.getUnqualifiedType() != ParmTy.getUnqualifiedType())
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004265 return false;
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004266 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004267 return true;
4268}
4269
4270Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnOverloadExpr(ExprTy **args, unsigned NumArgs,
4271 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4272 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4273 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004274 // __builtin_overload requires at least 2 arguments
4275 if (NumArgs < 2)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004276 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4277 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004278
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004279 // The first argument is required to be a constant expression. It tells us
4280 // the number of arguments to pass to each of the functions to be overloaded.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004281 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004282 Expr *NParamsExpr = Args[0];
4283 llvm::APSInt constEval(32);
4284 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4285 if (!NParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(constEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004286 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4287 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004288
4289 // Verify that the number of parameters is > 0
4290 unsigned NumParams = constEval.getZExtValue();
4291 if (NumParams == 0)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004292 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4293 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004294 // Verify that we have at least 1 + NumParams arguments to the builtin.
4295 if ((NumParams + 1) > NumArgs)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004296 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4297 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004298
4299 // Figure out the return type, by matching the args to one of the functions
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004300 // listed after the parameters.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004301 OverloadExpr *OE = 0;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004302 for (unsigned i = NumParams + 1; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4303 // UsualUnaryConversions will convert the function DeclRefExpr into a
4304 // pointer to function.
4305 Expr *Fn = UsualUnaryConversions(Args[i]);
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004306 const FunctionTypeProto *FnType = 0;
4307 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType())
4308 FnType = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionTypeProto();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004309
4310 // The Expr type must be FunctionTypeProto, since FunctionTypeProto has no
4311 // parameters, and the number of parameters must match the value passed to
4312 // the builtin.
4313 if (!FnType || (FnType->getNumArgs() != NumParams))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004314 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_incorrect_fntype)
4315 << Fn->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004316
4317 // Scan the parameter list for the FunctionType, checking the QualType of
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004318 // each parameter against the QualTypes of the arguments to the builtin.
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004319 // If they match, return a new OverloadExpr.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004320 if (ExprsMatchFnType(Args+1, FnType, Context)) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004321 if (OE)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004322 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_multiple_match)
4323 << OE->getFn()->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004324 // Remember our match, and continue processing the remaining arguments
4325 // to catch any errors.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004326 OE = new (Context) OverloadExpr(Args, NumArgs, i,
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004327 FnType->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004328 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4329 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004330 }
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004331 // Return the newly created OverloadExpr node, if we succeded in matching
4332 // exactly one of the candidate functions.
4333 if (OE)
4334 return OE;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004335
4336 // If we didn't find a matching function Expr in the __builtin_overload list
4337 // the return an error.
4338 std::string typeNames;
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004339 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
4340 if (i != 0) typeNames += ", ";
4341 typeNames += Args[i+1]->getType().getAsString();
4342 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004343
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004344 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_overload_no_match)
4345 << typeNames << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004346}
4347
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004348Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4349 ExprTy *expr, TypeTy *type,
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004350 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004351 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr);
4352 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4353
4354 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004355
4356 // Get the va_list type
4357 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4358 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4359 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4360 // a pointer for va_arg.
4361 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4362 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004363 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4364 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004365
4366 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004367 return Diag(E->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004368 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004369 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004370
4371 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
4372
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004373 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), RPLoc);
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004374}
4375
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004376Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
4377 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4378 // pointers on the target.
4379 QualType Ty;
4380 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4381 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4382 else
4383 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4384
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004385 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004386}
4387
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004388bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4389 SourceLocation Loc,
4390 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4391 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4392 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4393 bool isInvalid = false;
4394 unsigned DiagKind;
4395 switch (ConvTy) {
4396 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4397 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004398 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004399 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4400 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004401 case IntToPointer:
4402 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4403 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004404 case IncompatiblePointer:
4405 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4406 break;
4407 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4408 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4409 break;
4410 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004411 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4412 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4413 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4414 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4415 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4416 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4417 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4418 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4419 // C++ semantics.
4420 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4421 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4422 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004423 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4424 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004425 case IntToBlockPointer:
4426 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4427 break;
4428 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004429 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004430 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004431 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
4432 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
4433 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4434 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4435 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004436 case IncompatibleVectors:
4437 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4438 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004439 case Incompatible:
4440 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4441 isInvalid = true;
4442 break;
4443 }
4444
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004445 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4446 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004447 return isInvalid;
4448}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004449
4450bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4451{
4452 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4453
4454 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
4455 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4456 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4457
4458 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4459 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4460 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4461 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4462 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4463 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4464 }
4465
4466 return true;
4467 }
4468
4469 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4470 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
4471 E->getSourceRange();
4472
4473 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4474 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4475 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4476 }
4477
4478 if (Result)
4479 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4480 return false;
4481}